Remove unneccessary FFmpeg files
This commit is contained in:
@@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Main libavdevice API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavd libavdevice
|
||||
* Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
|
||||
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
|
||||
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
|
||||
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
|
||||
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
|
||||
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
|
||||
* meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
|
||||
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/avformat.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avdevice_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavdevice license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avdevice_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_audio_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video input devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered input audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered input audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_input_video_device_next(AVInputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_audio_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video output devices iterator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If d is NULL, returns the first registered output audio/video device,
|
||||
* if d is non-NULL, returns the next registered output audio/video device after d
|
||||
* or NULL if d is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_output_video_device_next(AVOutputFormat *d);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceRect {
|
||||
int x; /**< x coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int y; /**< y coordinate of top left corner */
|
||||
int width; /**< width */
|
||||
int height; /**< height */
|
||||
} AVDeviceRect;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window size change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device every time the application changes the size
|
||||
* of the window device renders to.
|
||||
* Message should also be sent right after window is created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: new window size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE = MKBETAG('G','E','O','M'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repaint request message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Message is sent to the device when window has to be repainted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: area required to be repainted.
|
||||
* NULL: whole area is required to be repainted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_REPAINT = MKBETAG('R','E','P','A'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request pause/play.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Application requests pause/unpause playback.
|
||||
* Mostly usable with devices that have internal buffer.
|
||||
* By default devices are not paused.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', ' '),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_PLAY = MKBETAG('P', 'L', 'A', 'Y'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_PAUSE = MKBETAG('P', 'A', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume control message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set volume level. It may be device-dependent if volume
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream volume
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_SET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('S', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute control messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Change mute state. It may be device-dependent if mute status
|
||||
* is changed per stream or system wide. Per stream mute status
|
||||
* change is expected when possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_MUTE = MKBETAG(' ', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_UNMUTE = MKBETAG('U', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_TOGGLE_MUTE = MKBETAG('T', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get volume/mute messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Force the device to send AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED or
|
||||
* AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED command respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_VOLUME = MKBETAG('G', 'V', 'O', 'L'),
|
||||
AV_APP_TO_DEV_GET_MUTE = MKBETAG('G', 'M', 'U', 'T'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Message types used by avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dummy message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_NONE = MKBETAG('N','O','N','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to create a window buffer. Exact meaning is device-
|
||||
* and application-dependent. Message is sent before rendering first
|
||||
* frame and all one-shot initializations should be done here.
|
||||
* Application is allowed to ignore preferred window buffer size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Application is obligated to inform about window buffer size
|
||||
* with AV_APP_TO_DEV_WINDOW_SIZE message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: AVDeviceRect: preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
* NULL: no preferred size of the window buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_CREATE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','C','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prepare window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to prepare a window buffer for rendering.
|
||||
* Exact meaning is device- and application-dependent.
|
||||
* Message is sent before rendering of each frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_PREPARE_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','P','R','E'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Display window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to display a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when new frame is ready to be displayed.
|
||||
* Usually buffers need to be swapped in handler of this message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DISPLAY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','I','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destroy window buffer message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device requests to destroy a window buffer.
|
||||
* Message is sent when device is about to be destroyed and window
|
||||
* buffer is not required anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_DESTROY_WINDOW_BUFFER = MKBETAG('B','D','E','S'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer fullness status messages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device signals buffer overflow/underflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','O','F','L'),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_UNDERFLOW = MKBETAG('B','U','F','L'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer readable/writable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that buffer is readable/writable.
|
||||
* When possible, device informs how many bytes can be read/write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Device may not inform when number of bytes than can be read/write changes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int64_t: amount of bytes available to read/write.
|
||||
* NULL: amount of bytes available to read/write is not known.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_READABLE = MKBETAG('B','R','D',' '),
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_BUFFER_WRITABLE = MKBETAG('B','W','R',' '),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mute state change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that mute state has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: int: 0 for not muted state, non-zero for muted state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_MUTE_STATE_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','M','U','T'),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volume level change message.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Device informs that volume level has changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data: double: new volume with range of 0.0 - 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DEV_TO_APP_VOLUME_LEVEL_CHANGED = MKBETAG('C','V','O','L'),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from application to device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Exact type depends on message type.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when device doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_app_to_dev_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVAppToDevMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send control message from device to application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param type message type.
|
||||
* @param data message data. Can be NULL.
|
||||
* @param data_size size of message data.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) when application doesn't implement handler of the message.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
|
||||
* pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
|
||||
* It is build on top op AVOption API.
|
||||
* Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio
|
||||
* parameters that fit to the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* List of capabilities that can be queried:
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
|
||||
* - codec: supported audio/video codecs.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
|
||||
* - sample_format: supported sample formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
|
||||
* - sample_rate: supported sample rates.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channels: supported number of channels.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
|
||||
* - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
|
||||
* - Capabilities valid for video devices:
|
||||
* - pixel_format: supported pixel formats.
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
|
||||
* - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
|
||||
* - fps: supported fps values
|
||||
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
|
||||
* and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
|
||||
* limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
|
||||
* For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
|
||||
* returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
|
||||
* AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
|
||||
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
|
||||
* int ret;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query codecs
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick codec here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query format
|
||||
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
|
||||
* goto fail;
|
||||
* //pick format here and set it
|
||||
* av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* //query and set more capabilities
|
||||
*
|
||||
* fail:
|
||||
* //clean up code
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
|
||||
* avformat_free_context(oc);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes device capabilities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
|
||||
* to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFormatContext *device_context;
|
||||
enum AVCodecID codec;
|
||||
enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
int64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
int window_width;
|
||||
int window_height;
|
||||
int frame_width;
|
||||
int frame_height;
|
||||
AVRational fps;
|
||||
} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
|
||||
* not used anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
|
||||
AVDictionary **device_options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
|
||||
* @param s Context of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfo {
|
||||
char *device_name; /**< device name, format depends on device */
|
||||
char *device_description; /**< human friendly name */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDeviceInfoList {
|
||||
AVDeviceInfo **devices; /**< list of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int nb_devices; /**< number of autodetected devices */
|
||||
int default_device; /**< index of default device or -1 if no default */
|
||||
} AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Some devices may accept system-dependent device names that cannot be
|
||||
* autodetected. The list returned by this function cannot be assumed to
|
||||
* be always completed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s device context.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices.
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param devices device list to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns available device names and their parameters.
|
||||
* These are convinient wrappers for avdevice_list_devices().
|
||||
* Device context is allocated and deallocated internally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device device format. May be NULL if device name is set.
|
||||
* @param device_name device name. May be NULL if device format is set.
|
||||
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options. May be NULL.
|
||||
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
|
||||
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
|
||||
* that affects device-private options.
|
||||
* @param[out] device_list list of autodetected devices
|
||||
* @return count of autodetected devices, negative on error.
|
||||
* @note device argument takes precedence over device_name when both are set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavd
|
||||
* Libavdevice version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 4
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 101
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_IDENT "Lavd" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,1168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* filter layer
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* Main libavfilter public API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi libavfilter
|
||||
* Graph-based frame editing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavfilter/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avfilter_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavfilter build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavfilter license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad;
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of elements in a NULL-terminated array of AVFilterPads (e.g.
|
||||
* AVFilter.inputs/outputs).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of an AVFilterPad.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
|
||||
* @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's
|
||||
* responsibility to ensure the index is valid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the type of an AVFilterPad.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pads an array of AVFilterPads
|
||||
* @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's
|
||||
* responsibility to ensure the index is valid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs.
|
||||
* The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the
|
||||
* options supplied to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of the filter outputs is not determined just by AVFilter.outputs.
|
||||
* The filter might add additional outputs during initialization depending on
|
||||
* the options supplied to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS (1 << 1)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The filter supports multithreading by splitting frames into multiple parts
|
||||
* and processing them concurrently.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 2)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used
|
||||
* to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this
|
||||
* option have this flag set. When the enable expression is false, the default
|
||||
* no-op filter_frame() function is called in place of the filter_frame()
|
||||
* callback defined on each input pad, thus the frame is passed unchanged to
|
||||
* the next filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC (1 << 16)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC, except that the filter will
|
||||
* have its filter_frame() callback(s) called as usual even when the enable
|
||||
* expression is false. The filter will disable filtering within the
|
||||
* filter_frame() callback(s) itself, for example executing code depending on
|
||||
* the AVFilterContext->is_disabled value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL (1 << 17)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handy mask to test whether the filter supports or no the timeline feature
|
||||
* (internally or generically).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE (AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_GENERIC | AVFILTER_FLAG_SUPPORT_TIMELINE_INTERNAL)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the
|
||||
* callback functions used to interact with the filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilter {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter name. Must be non-NULL and unique among filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A description of the filter. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *description;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of inputs, terminated by a zeroed element.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL if there are no (static) inputs. Instances of filters with
|
||||
* AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_INPUTS set may have more inputs than present in
|
||||
* this list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilterPad *inputs;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of outputs, terminated by a zeroed element.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL if there are no (static) outputs. Instances of filters with
|
||||
* AVFILTER_FLAG_DYNAMIC_OUTPUTS set may have more outputs than present in
|
||||
* this list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilterPad *outputs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for the private data, used to declare filter private AVOptions.
|
||||
* This field is NULL for filters that do not declare any options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data
|
||||
* must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavfilter generic
|
||||
* code to this class.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVFILTER_FLAG_*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter pre-initialization function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is
|
||||
* allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on
|
||||
* allocation failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success,
|
||||
* AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be
|
||||
* dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter initialization function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called only once during the filter lifetime, after
|
||||
* all the options have been set, but before links between filters are
|
||||
* established and format negotiation is done.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic filter initialization should be done here. Filters with dynamic
|
||||
* inputs and/or outputs should create those inputs/outputs here based on
|
||||
* provided options. No more changes to this filter's inputs/outputs can be
|
||||
* done after this callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback must not assume that the filter links exist or frame
|
||||
* parameters are known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @ref AVFilter.uninit "uninit" is guaranteed to be called even if
|
||||
* initialization fails, so this callback does not have to clean up on
|
||||
* failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that
|
||||
* want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are
|
||||
* allocated during init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that
|
||||
* contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or
|
||||
* with NULL if all the options were processed).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter uninitialization function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Called only once right before the filter is freed. Should deallocate any
|
||||
* memory held by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. It does
|
||||
* not need to deallocate the AVFilterContext.priv memory itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback may be called even if @ref AVFilter.init "init" was not
|
||||
* called or failed, so it must be prepared to handle such a situation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Query formats supported by the filter on its inputs and outputs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback is called after the filter is initialized (so the inputs
|
||||
* and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This
|
||||
* callback may be called more than once.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback must set AVFilterLink.out_formats on every input link and
|
||||
* AVFilterLink.in_formats on every output link to a list of pixel/sample
|
||||
* formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio links, this
|
||||
* filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.in_samplerates "in_samplerates" /
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.out_samplerates "out_samplerates" and
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.in_channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" /
|
||||
* @ref AVFilterLink.out_channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback may be NULL for filters with one input, in which case
|
||||
* libavfilter assumes that it supports all input formats and preserves
|
||||
* them on output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
|
||||
|
||||
int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other
|
||||
* code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilter *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Make the filter instance process a command.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported.
|
||||
* @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be
|
||||
* time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter initialization function, alternative to the init()
|
||||
* callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is
|
||||
* used for providing binary data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter activation function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any
|
||||
* filter_frame and request_frame on pads.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single
|
||||
* step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do
|
||||
* nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be
|
||||
* possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another
|
||||
* activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
} AVFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Process multiple parts of the frame concurrently.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/** An instance of a filter */
|
||||
struct AVFilterContext {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options
|
||||
|
||||
const AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance
|
||||
|
||||
char *name; ///< name of this filter instance
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads
|
||||
AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links
|
||||
unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads
|
||||
AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links
|
||||
unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads
|
||||
|
||||
void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFilterGraph *graph; ///< filtergraph this filter belongs to
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of multithreading being allowed/used. A combination of
|
||||
* AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller before initializing the filter to forbid some
|
||||
* or all kinds of multithreading for this filter. The default is allowing
|
||||
* everything.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the filter is initialized, this field is combined using bit AND with
|
||||
* AVFilterGraph.thread_type to get the final mask used for determining
|
||||
* allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be set in both
|
||||
* to be allowed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After the filter is initialized, libavfilter sets this field to the
|
||||
* threading type that is actually used (0 for no multithreading).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int thread_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue;
|
||||
|
||||
char *enable_str; ///< enable expression string
|
||||
void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*)
|
||||
double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression
|
||||
int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the
|
||||
* filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field:
|
||||
* in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
|
||||
* instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
|
||||
* hardware context information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
|
||||
* If <= 0, its value is ignored.
|
||||
* Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_threads;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ready status of the filter.
|
||||
* A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
|
||||
* a higher value suggests a more urgent activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned ready;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will
|
||||
* allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for
|
||||
* output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such
|
||||
* filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be
|
||||
* of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number
|
||||
* that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is
|
||||
* configured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int extra_hw_frames;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and
|
||||
* destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of
|
||||
* the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
|
||||
* which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
|
||||
* image dimensions, format, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Applications must not normally access the link structure directly.
|
||||
* Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead.
|
||||
* In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters
|
||||
* implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilterLink {
|
||||
AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
|
||||
AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter
|
||||
AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type
|
||||
|
||||
/* These parameters apply only to video */
|
||||
int w; ///< agreed upon image width
|
||||
int h; ///< agreed upon image height
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio
|
||||
/* These parameters apply only to audio */
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
|
||||
int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
|
||||
|
||||
int format; ///< agreed upon media format
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples
|
||||
* which will pass through this link.
|
||||
* During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to
|
||||
* change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the
|
||||
* input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output
|
||||
* filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format
|
||||
* to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and
|
||||
* channel_layout members, above, when chosen.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *in_formats;
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *out_formats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic
|
||||
* negotiation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates;
|
||||
AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates;
|
||||
struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts;
|
||||
struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to
|
||||
* request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to
|
||||
* it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input
|
||||
* pad.
|
||||
* Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int request_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started
|
||||
AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete
|
||||
AVLINK_INIT ///< complete
|
||||
} init_state;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Graph the filter belongs to.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilterGraph *graph;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in link time_base units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts_us;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Index in the age array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int age_index;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
|
||||
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
|
||||
* of the source filter if it exists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
|
||||
* If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
|
||||
* Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
|
||||
* Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
|
||||
* It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrame *partial_buf;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of the partial buffer to allocate.
|
||||
* Must be between min_samples and max_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int partial_buf_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
|
||||
* called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf.
|
||||
* This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering
|
||||
* has started.
|
||||
* If 0, all related fields are ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
|
||||
* called with more samples, it will split them.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int channels;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link processing flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of past frames sent through the link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *frame_pool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
|
||||
* Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
|
||||
* cleared when a frame is filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_wanted_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal structure members.
|
||||
* The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
|
||||
* and must in no way be accessed by applications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char reserved[0xF000];
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FFFrameQueue fifo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
|
||||
* The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
|
||||
* the same link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_blocked_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link input status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp of the input status change.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t status_in_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link output status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_out;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link two filters together.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src the source filter
|
||||
* @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter
|
||||
* @param dst the destination filter
|
||||
* @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter
|
||||
* @return zero on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
|
||||
AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of channels of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_channels()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the closed field of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should
|
||||
* close the sinks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs
|
||||
* @return zero on successful negotiation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Make the filter instance process a command.
|
||||
* It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use
|
||||
* avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A
|
||||
* filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_graph_alloc_filter even if it
|
||||
* is not registered.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to register
|
||||
* @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value
|
||||
* otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
* @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if
|
||||
* prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a filter definition matching the given name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the filter name to find
|
||||
* @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
|
||||
* NULL if none found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
|
||||
* @param args Options to initialize the filter with. This must be a
|
||||
* ':'-separated list of options in the 'key=value' form.
|
||||
* May be NULL if the options have been set directly using the
|
||||
* AVOptions API or there are no options that need to be set.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_init_str(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter with the supplied dictionary of options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx uninitialized filter context to initialize
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with options for this filter. On
|
||||
* return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with
|
||||
* a dict containing options that were not found. This dictionary
|
||||
* must be freed by the caller.
|
||||
* May be NULL, then this function is equivalent to
|
||||
* avfilter_init_str() with the second parameter set to NULL.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function and avfilter_init_str() do essentially the same thing,
|
||||
* the difference is in manner in which the options are passed. It is up to the
|
||||
* calling code to choose whichever is more preferable. The two functions also
|
||||
* behave differently when some of the provided options are not declared as
|
||||
* supported by the filter. In such a case, avfilter_init_str() will fail, but
|
||||
* this function will leave those extra options in the options AVDictionary and
|
||||
* continue as usual.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_init_dict(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a filter context. This will also remove the filter from its
|
||||
* filtergraph's list of filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted
|
||||
* @param filt the filter to be inserted
|
||||
* @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect
|
||||
* @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect
|
||||
* @return zero on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt,
|
||||
unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return AVClass for AVFilterContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be
|
||||
* executed multiple times, possibly in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the filter context the job belongs to
|
||||
* @param arg an opaque parameter passed through from @ref
|
||||
* AVFilterGraph.execute
|
||||
* @param jobnr the index of the job being executed
|
||||
* @param nb_jobs the total number of jobs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (avfilter_action_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *arg, int jobnr, int nb_jobs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A function executing multiple jobs, possibly in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the filter context to which the jobs belong
|
||||
* @param func the function to be called multiple times
|
||||
* @param arg the argument to be passed to func
|
||||
* @param ret a nb_jobs-sized array to be filled with return values from each
|
||||
* invocation of func
|
||||
* @param nb_jobs the number of jobs to execute
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (avfilter_execute_func)(AVFilterContext *ctx, avfilter_action_func *func,
|
||||
void *arg, int *ret, int nb_jobs);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
AVFilterContext **filters;
|
||||
unsigned nb_filters;
|
||||
|
||||
char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination
|
||||
* of AVFILTER_THREAD_* flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller at any point, the setting will apply to all
|
||||
* filters initialized after that. The default is allowing everything.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When a filter in this graph is initialized, this field is combined using
|
||||
* bit AND with AVFilterContext.thread_type to get the final mask used for
|
||||
* determining allowed threading types. I.e. a threading type needs to be
|
||||
* set in both to be allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int thread_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of threads used by filters in this graph. May be set by
|
||||
* the caller before adding any filters to the filtergraph. Zero (the
|
||||
* default) means that the number of threads is determined automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_threads;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque object for libavfilter internal use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterGraphInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to
|
||||
* be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute.
|
||||
* Libavfilter will not touch this field in any way.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This callback may be set by the caller immediately after allocating the
|
||||
* graph and before adding any filters to it, to provide a custom
|
||||
* multithreading implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If set, filters with slice threading capability will call this callback
|
||||
* to execute multiple jobs in parallel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this field is left unset, libavfilter will use its internal
|
||||
* implementation, which may or may not be multithreaded depending on the
|
||||
* platform and build options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
avfilter_execute_func *execute;
|
||||
|
||||
char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private fields
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following fields are for internal use only.
|
||||
* Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
AVFilterLink **sink_links;
|
||||
int sink_links_count;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned disable_auto_convert;
|
||||
} AVFilterGraph;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a filter graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the allocated filter graph on success or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new filter instance in a filter graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph graph in which the new filter will be used
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to create an instance of
|
||||
* @param name Name to give to the new instance (will be copied to
|
||||
* AVFilterContext.name). This may be used by the caller to identify
|
||||
* different filters, libavfilter itself assigns no semantics to
|
||||
* this parameter. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the context of the newly created filter instance (note that it is
|
||||
* also retrievable directly through AVFilterGraph.filters or with
|
||||
* avfilter_graph_get_filter()) on success or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph,
|
||||
const AVFilter *filter,
|
||||
const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a filter instance identified by instance name from graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph filter graph to search through.
|
||||
* @param name filter instance name (should be unique in the graph).
|
||||
* @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it
|
||||
* cannot be found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
|
||||
* The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited
|
||||
* with the parameters args and opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created
|
||||
* filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance
|
||||
* @param graph_ctx the filter graph
|
||||
* @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non
|
||||
* negative value otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, const AVFilter *filt,
|
||||
const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque,
|
||||
AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted
|
||||
* scale and aresample filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */
|
||||
AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graphctx the filter graph
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL.
|
||||
* If *graph is NULL, do nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(),
|
||||
* where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and
|
||||
* to the caller.
|
||||
* This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the
|
||||
* filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFilterInOut {
|
||||
/** unique name for this input/output in the list */
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/** filter context associated to this input/output */
|
||||
AVFilterContext *filter_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */
|
||||
int pad_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
/** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */
|
||||
struct AVFilterInOut *next;
|
||||
} AVFilterInOut;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry.
|
||||
* Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL.
|
||||
* If *inout is NULL, do nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The caller must provide the lists of inputs and outputs,
|
||||
* which therefore must be known before calling the function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The inputs parameter describes inputs of the already existing
|
||||
* part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of the newly created
|
||||
* part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter describes
|
||||
* outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as
|
||||
* inputs to the parsed filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param inputs linked list to the inputs of the graph
|
||||
* @param outputs linked list to the outputs of the graph
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut *inputs, AVFilterInOut *outputs,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In the graph filters description, if the input label of the first
|
||||
* filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of
|
||||
* the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL.
|
||||
* If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs
|
||||
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL.
|
||||
* If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs
|
||||
* after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse_ptr(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a graph described by a string to a graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context
|
||||
* @param[in] filters string to be parsed
|
||||
* @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the
|
||||
* parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed
|
||||
* by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the
|
||||
* parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the
|
||||
* caller using avfilter_inout_free().
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function returns the inputs and outputs that are left
|
||||
* unlinked after parsing the graph and the caller then deals with
|
||||
* them.
|
||||
* @note This function makes no reference whatsoever to already
|
||||
* existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter will on return
|
||||
* contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. Analogously
|
||||
* the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created
|
||||
* filters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **inputs,
|
||||
AVFilterInOut **outputs);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a command to one or more filter instances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph
|
||||
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
|
||||
* "all" sends to all filters
|
||||
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
|
||||
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to send, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code.
|
||||
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queue a command for one or more filter instances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the filter graph
|
||||
* @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent
|
||||
* "all" sends to all filters
|
||||
* otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name
|
||||
* which will send the command to all matching filters.
|
||||
* @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only
|
||||
* @param arg the argument for the command
|
||||
* @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code
|
||||
* from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graph the graph to dump
|
||||
* @param options formatting options; currently ignored
|
||||
* @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure;
|
||||
* the string must be freed using av_free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request a frame on the oldest sink link.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism
|
||||
* of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph
|
||||
* in a balanced way under normal circumstances.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on
|
||||
* some of the sinks during the process.
|
||||
* When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link
|
||||
* returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames
|
||||
* which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the return value of ff_request_frame(),
|
||||
* or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersink
|
||||
* memory buffer sink API for audio and video
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink Buffer sink API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink filter context.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in for success, a negative AVERROR code for failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer
|
||||
* reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you
|
||||
* need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input.
|
||||
* If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer),
|
||||
* but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
|
||||
} AVBufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
|
||||
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
|
||||
const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
|
||||
int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout
|
||||
int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1
|
||||
} AVABufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with
|
||||
* exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is
|
||||
* not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
|
||||
* Get the properties of the stream
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - >= 0 if a frame was successfully returned.
|
||||
* - AVERROR(EAGAIN) if no frames are available at this point; more
|
||||
* input frames must be added to the filtergraph to get more output.
|
||||
* - AVERROR_EOF if there will be no more output frames on this sink.
|
||||
* - A different negative AVERROR code in other failure cases.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as av_buffersink_get_frame(), but with the ability to specify the number
|
||||
* of samples read. This function is less efficient than
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_frame(), because it copies the data around.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter.
|
||||
* @param frame pointer to an allocated frame that will be filled with data.
|
||||
* The data must be freed using av_frame_unref() / av_frame_free()
|
||||
* frame will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at
|
||||
* the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_samples().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
|
||||
* the other with a single sink, not both.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi_buffersrc
|
||||
* Memory buffer source API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersrc Buffer source API
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do not check for format changes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Immediately push the frame to the output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Keep a reference to the frame.
|
||||
* If the frame if reference-counted, create a new reference; otherwise
|
||||
* copy the frame data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF = 8,
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of failed requests.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no
|
||||
* frame is present in the buffer.
|
||||
* The number is reset when a frame is added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
|
||||
* passed to this filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
|
||||
* av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
|
||||
* audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
|
||||
* set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
|
||||
* and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per secon.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
|
||||
* caller with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
|
||||
* This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
|
||||
* previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
|
||||
* whatever method is used last takes precedence.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
|
||||
* must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
|
||||
* param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
|
||||
* copies or references when necessary.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will make a new reference to it. Otherwise the frame data will be
|
||||
* copied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() with the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param frame frame to be added. If the frame is reference counted, this
|
||||
* function will take ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame.
|
||||
* Otherwise the frame data will be copied. If this function returns an error,
|
||||
* the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note the difference between this function and av_buffersrc_write_frame() is
|
||||
* that av_buffersrc_write_frame() creates a new reference to the input frame,
|
||||
* while this function takes ownership of the reference passed to it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags() without the
|
||||
* AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_KEEP_REF flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, if the frame is reference-counted, this function will take
|
||||
* ownership of the reference(s) and reset the frame. This can be controlled
|
||||
* using the flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this function returns an error, the input frame is not touched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context
|
||||
* @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the buffer source after EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
|
||||
* except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
|
||||
* of the last frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavfi
|
||||
* Libavfilter version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 7
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 25
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_IDENT "Lavfi" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,3085 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Main libavformat public API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup libavf libavformat
|
||||
* I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container
|
||||
* formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file
|
||||
* into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied
|
||||
* data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io
|
||||
* "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g.
|
||||
* file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call
|
||||
* av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols.
|
||||
* Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network
|
||||
* capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely
|
||||
* an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all
|
||||
* registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() /
|
||||
* av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public
|
||||
* API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the
|
||||
* avio_enum_protocols() function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext,
|
||||
* which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with
|
||||
* most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be
|
||||
* allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an
|
||||
* AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() might do that for you).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains:
|
||||
* @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat
|
||||
* "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input;
|
||||
* always set by user for output.
|
||||
* @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all
|
||||
* elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to
|
||||
* using their index in this array.
|
||||
* @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or
|
||||
* set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing
|
||||
* with an AVFMT_NOFILE format).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers
|
||||
* It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions
|
||||
* mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by
|
||||
* AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling
|
||||
* av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass
|
||||
* from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class /
|
||||
* AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL.
|
||||
* Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context",
|
||||
* if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on
|
||||
* nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section urls
|
||||
* URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a
|
||||
* scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files
|
||||
* are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted
|
||||
* sources without checks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to
|
||||
* both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local
|
||||
* audio and video devices and so on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A
|
||||
* @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a
|
||||
* single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for
|
||||
* reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the
|
||||
* cleanup.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file
|
||||
* The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which
|
||||
* is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* const char *url = "file:in.mp3";
|
||||
* AVFormatContext *s = NULL;
|
||||
* int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
* if (ret < 0)
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the
|
||||
* specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the
|
||||
* information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not
|
||||
* store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few
|
||||
* frames to find missing information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to
|
||||
* avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions
|
||||
* for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer.
|
||||
* To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing
|
||||
* your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your
|
||||
* AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private
|
||||
* options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVDictionary *options = NULL;
|
||||
* av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0);
|
||||
* av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0)
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* av_dict_free(&options);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the
|
||||
* demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it
|
||||
* cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns
|
||||
* out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be
|
||||
* recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized
|
||||
* options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are
|
||||
* consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it
|
||||
* wishes, e.g.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVDictionaryEntry *e;
|
||||
* if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key);
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with
|
||||
* avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file
|
||||
* Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling
|
||||
* av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket
|
||||
* containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by
|
||||
* AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec
|
||||
* decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the
|
||||
* caller wishes to decode the data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be
|
||||
* set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for
|
||||
* pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing
|
||||
* information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be
|
||||
* multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is
|
||||
* allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely.
|
||||
* Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a
|
||||
* static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid
|
||||
* until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller
|
||||
* requires a longer lifetime, av_dup_packet() will make an av_malloc()ed copy
|
||||
* of it.
|
||||
* In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no
|
||||
* longer needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write
|
||||
* it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the
|
||||
* file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the
|
||||
* packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up
|
||||
* the muxer by filling the various fields in this context:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the
|
||||
* muxer that will be used.
|
||||
* - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb
|
||||
* "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from
|
||||
* avio_open2() or a custom one.
|
||||
* - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must
|
||||
* be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill
|
||||
* the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the
|
||||
* codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id
|
||||
* "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format,
|
||||
* etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should
|
||||
* be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note
|
||||
* that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be
|
||||
* described later).
|
||||
* - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in
|
||||
* AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during
|
||||
* remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid
|
||||
* for both input and output format contexts.
|
||||
* - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream"
|
||||
* metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the
|
||||
* AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be
|
||||
* stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer
|
||||
* support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call
|
||||
* avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file
|
||||
* header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step
|
||||
* depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer
|
||||
* private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for
|
||||
* discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with
|
||||
* a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing
|
||||
* information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding
|
||||
* AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the
|
||||
* avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase
|
||||
* requested by the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer()
|
||||
* to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO
|
||||
* context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with
|
||||
* avformat_free_context().
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing
|
||||
* The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of possible use cases:
|
||||
* - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location,
|
||||
* - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all
|
||||
* files from a given directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory
|
||||
* At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir()
|
||||
* supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing
|
||||
* protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive
|
||||
* integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL;
|
||||
* if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n");
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without
|
||||
* any additional parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries
|
||||
* Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else
|
||||
* within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry.
|
||||
* Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by
|
||||
* repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or
|
||||
* positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the
|
||||
* NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be
|
||||
* read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated
|
||||
* with ctx and prints their names to standard output.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL;
|
||||
* for (;;) {
|
||||
* if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) {
|
||||
* fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n");
|
||||
* abort();
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* if (!entry)
|
||||
* break;
|
||||
* printf("%s\n", entry->name);
|
||||
* avio_free_directory_entry(&entry);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_internal Internal
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avio.h"
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVFormatContext;
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVDeviceInfoList;
|
||||
struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client
|
||||
* application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to
|
||||
* set metadata when muxing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata'
|
||||
* fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs
|
||||
* using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg,
|
||||
* metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata
|
||||
* exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Important concepts to keep in mind:
|
||||
* - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is
|
||||
* also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce
|
||||
* several keys that are literally different but semantically identical.
|
||||
* E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be
|
||||
* placed in the same tag.
|
||||
* - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you
|
||||
* want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice
|
||||
* and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address.
|
||||
* - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by
|
||||
* appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order
|
||||
* they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng.
|
||||
* - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language
|
||||
* is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code.
|
||||
* For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike
|
||||
* The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag.
|
||||
* A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag.
|
||||
* - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for
|
||||
* sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles",
|
||||
* artist-sort="Beatles, The".
|
||||
* - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful
|
||||
* call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags
|
||||
* will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata
|
||||
* changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext
|
||||
* and check their individual event_flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags
|
||||
* with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container.
|
||||
* Follows a list of generic tag names:
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
album -- name of the set this work belongs to
|
||||
album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist.
|
||||
e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums.
|
||||
artist -- main creator of the work
|
||||
comment -- any additional description of the file.
|
||||
composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist.
|
||||
copyright -- name of copyright holder.
|
||||
creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
|
||||
date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601.
|
||||
disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection.
|
||||
encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file.
|
||||
encoded_by -- person/group who created the file.
|
||||
filename -- original name of the file.
|
||||
genre -- <self-evident>.
|
||||
language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably
|
||||
in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by
|
||||
separating them with commas.
|
||||
performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist.
|
||||
E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard
|
||||
Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra".
|
||||
publisher -- name of the label/publisher.
|
||||
service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name).
|
||||
service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting.
|
||||
title -- name of the work.
|
||||
track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total.
|
||||
variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* packet functions */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its
|
||||
* fields with default values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s associated IO context
|
||||
* @param pkt packet
|
||||
* @param size desired payload size
|
||||
* @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket.
|
||||
* If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet.
|
||||
* Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc
|
||||
* which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used
|
||||
* when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of)
|
||||
* the final size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s associated IO context
|
||||
* @param pkt packet
|
||||
* @param size amount of data to read
|
||||
* @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data
|
||||
* will not be lost even if an error occurs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*************************************************/
|
||||
/* input/output formats */
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecTag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVProbeData {
|
||||
const char *filename;
|
||||
unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */
|
||||
int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */
|
||||
const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */
|
||||
} AVProbeData;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4)
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer
|
||||
|
||||
/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly
|
||||
increasing timestamps, but they must
|
||||
still be monotonic */
|
||||
#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative
|
||||
timestamps. If not set the timestamp
|
||||
will be shifted in av_write_frame and
|
||||
av_interleaved_write_frame so they
|
||||
start from 0.
|
||||
The user or muxer can override this through
|
||||
AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_encoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVOutputFormat {
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
|
||||
* than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
|
||||
* to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *long_name;
|
||||
const char *mime_type;
|
||||
const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */
|
||||
/* output support */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */
|
||||
enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER,
|
||||
* AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS,
|
||||
* AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH,
|
||||
* AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better
|
||||
* choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVOutputFormat *next;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_data_size;
|
||||
|
||||
int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags,
|
||||
* pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer.
|
||||
* When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush,
|
||||
* or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered
|
||||
* data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out,
|
||||
AVPacket *in, int flush);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the given codec can be stored in this container.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not.
|
||||
* A negative number if unknown.
|
||||
* MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance);
|
||||
|
||||
void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
|
||||
int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allows sending messages from application to device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded AVFrame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it
|
||||
* by setting the pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns device list with it properties.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or
|
||||
* AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent.
|
||||
* This method must not write output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being
|
||||
* destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is called if init() fails as well.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed
|
||||
* for the global header.
|
||||
* Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
} AVOutputFormat;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_decoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVInputFormat {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names
|
||||
* may be appended with a minor bump.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable
|
||||
* than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro
|
||||
* to define it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *long_name;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS,
|
||||
* AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH,
|
||||
* AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should
|
||||
* usually not use extension format guessing because it is not
|
||||
* reliable enough
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *extensions;
|
||||
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag;
|
||||
|
||||
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Comma-separated list of mime types.
|
||||
* It is used check for matching mime types while probing.
|
||||
* @see av_probe_input_format2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *mime_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* No fields below this line are part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVInputFormat *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Raw demuxers store their codec ID here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int raw_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_data_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format.
|
||||
* The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes
|
||||
* big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext
|
||||
* structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be
|
||||
* called to create new streams.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also
|
||||
* set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag
|
||||
* AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a
|
||||
* background thread).
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 on error.
|
||||
* When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated
|
||||
* or must be freed before returning
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not
|
||||
* freed by this function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in
|
||||
* stream component stream_index.
|
||||
* @param stream_index Must not be -1.
|
||||
* @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact
|
||||
* match is available.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *,
|
||||
int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units.
|
||||
* @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
|
||||
* (RTSP).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format
|
||||
* (RTSP).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to timestamp ts.
|
||||
* Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
|
||||
* can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
|
||||
* Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns device list with it properties.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free device capabilities submodule.
|
||||
* @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps);
|
||||
} AVInputFormat;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVStreamParseType {
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE,
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */
|
||||
AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw
|
||||
this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and
|
||||
just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVIndexEntry {
|
||||
int64_t pos;
|
||||
int64_t timestamp; /**<
|
||||
* Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available
|
||||
* when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats.
|
||||
* But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better
|
||||
* is known
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001
|
||||
#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /**
|
||||
* Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags:2;
|
||||
int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment).
|
||||
int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */
|
||||
} AVIndexEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Track should be used during playback by default.
|
||||
* Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed
|
||||
* even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g.
|
||||
* APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it
|
||||
* will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless
|
||||
* seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in
|
||||
* AVStream.attached_pic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding
|
||||
* to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT 0x80000 ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts)
|
||||
#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE 0x100000 ///< still images in video stream (still_picture_flag=1 in mpegts)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection
|
||||
#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream structure.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVStream {
|
||||
int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format-specific stream ID.
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat
|
||||
* encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodecContext *codec;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void *priv_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms
|
||||
* of which frame timestamps are represented.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat
|
||||
* encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
|
||||
* provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In
|
||||
* avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field
|
||||
* with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps
|
||||
* written into the file (which may or may not be related to the
|
||||
* user-provided one, depending on the format).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base.
|
||||
* Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set
|
||||
* it to really is the pts of the first frame.
|
||||
* This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF
|
||||
* demuxer must NOT set this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base.
|
||||
* If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify
|
||||
* a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to
|
||||
* provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t duration;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0
|
||||
|
||||
int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user.
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Average framerate
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational avg_frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet
|
||||
* will contain the attached picture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller.
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVPacket attached_pic;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the
|
||||
* container does not allow it to change between packets).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data
|
||||
* in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer
|
||||
* (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never
|
||||
* appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through
|
||||
* the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or
|
||||
* changes), then it does not appear in this array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created.
|
||||
* - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_format_inject_global_side_data()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVPacketSideData *side_data;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must
|
||||
* be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
|
||||
* A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int event_flags;
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Real base framerate of the stream.
|
||||
* This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be
|
||||
* represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all
|
||||
* framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess!
|
||||
* For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either
|
||||
* approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational r_frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration.
|
||||
* Pairs are separated by ','.
|
||||
* Keys are separated from values by '='.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char *recommended_encoder_configuration;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by
|
||||
* libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context()
|
||||
* respectively.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
* - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodecParameters *codecpar;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields
|
||||
* will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and
|
||||
* add new fields to AVStreamInternal.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
int64_t last_dts;
|
||||
int64_t duration_gcd;
|
||||
int duration_count;
|
||||
int64_t rfps_duration_sum;
|
||||
double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES];
|
||||
int64_t codec_info_duration;
|
||||
int64_t codec_info_duration_fields;
|
||||
int frame_delay_evidence;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet.
|
||||
* >0 -> decoder found
|
||||
* <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int found_decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t last_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Those are used for average framerate estimation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t fps_first_dts;
|
||||
int fps_first_dts_idx;
|
||||
int64_t fps_last_dts;
|
||||
int fps_last_dts_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
} *info;
|
||||
|
||||
int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */
|
||||
|
||||
// Timestamp generation support:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and
|
||||
* a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to
|
||||
* AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t first_dts;
|
||||
int64_t cur_dts;
|
||||
int64_t last_IP_pts;
|
||||
int last_IP_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of packets to buffer for codec probing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int probe_packets;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int codec_info_nb_frames;
|
||||
|
||||
/* av_read_frame() support */
|
||||
enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing;
|
||||
struct AVCodecParserContext *parser;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer;
|
||||
AVProbeData probe_data;
|
||||
#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16
|
||||
int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
|
||||
AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not
|
||||
support seeking natively. */
|
||||
int nb_index_entries;
|
||||
unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stream Identifier
|
||||
* This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1
|
||||
* 0 means unknown
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int stream_identifier;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Details of the MPEG-TS program which created this stream.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int program_num;
|
||||
int pmt_version;
|
||||
int pmt_stream_idx;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t interleaver_chunk_size;
|
||||
int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* stream probing state
|
||||
* -1 -> probing finished
|
||||
* 0 -> no probing requested
|
||||
* rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept.
|
||||
* NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int request_probe;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe
|
||||
* should be discarded.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_to_keyframe;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of
|
||||
* the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also
|
||||
* assumes negative timestamps do not happen).
|
||||
* Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio
|
||||
* support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_skip_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream.
|
||||
* This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be
|
||||
* avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless
|
||||
* audio support.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t first_discard_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after
|
||||
* first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent
|
||||
* early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t last_discard_sample;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access
|
||||
* its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_decoded_frames;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing
|
||||
* NOT PART OF PUBLIC API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t mux_ts_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts_wrap_reference;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities:
|
||||
* If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset
|
||||
* will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps.
|
||||
* Otherwise the offset will be added.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int pts_wrap_behavior;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int update_initial_durations_done;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to generate dts from pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t last_dts_for_order_check;
|
||||
uint8_t dts_ordered;
|
||||
uint8_t dts_misordered;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal data to inject global side data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int inject_global_side_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* display aspect ratio (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational display_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
|
||||
* Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStreamInternal *internal;
|
||||
} AVStream;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r);
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVProgram {
|
||||
int id;
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller
|
||||
unsigned int *stream_index;
|
||||
unsigned int nb_stream_indexes;
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
int program_num;
|
||||
int pmt_pid;
|
||||
int pcr_pid;
|
||||
int pmt_version;
|
||||
|
||||
/*****************************************************************
|
||||
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
|
||||
* may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and
|
||||
* removed at will.
|
||||
* New public fields should be added right above.
|
||||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
int64_t end_time;
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection
|
||||
int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection
|
||||
} AVProgram;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present
|
||||
(streams are added dynamically) */
|
||||
#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely
|
||||
not seekable, and attempts to call the
|
||||
seek function will fail. For some
|
||||
network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can
|
||||
change dynamically at runtime. */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVChapter {
|
||||
int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter
|
||||
AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified
|
||||
int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
} AVChapter;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type,
|
||||
void *data, size_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used
|
||||
* to know how the duration was estimated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod {
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration
|
||||
AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format I/O context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use
|
||||
* avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*),
|
||||
* the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and
|
||||
* can be found in libavformat/options_table.h.
|
||||
* The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C
|
||||
* structure field names for historic reasons or brevity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFormatContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The input container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVInputFormat *iformat;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVOutputFormat *oformat;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct
|
||||
* if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - muxing: set by avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *priv_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I/O context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then
|
||||
* the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must
|
||||
* take care of closing / freeing the IO context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in
|
||||
* iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle
|
||||
* I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *pb;
|
||||
|
||||
/* stream info */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*.
|
||||
* Set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ctx_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int nb_streams;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with
|
||||
* avformat_new_stream().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also
|
||||
* appear in av_read_frame().
|
||||
* - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStream **streams;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* input or output filename
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input()
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated Use url instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
char filename[1024];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no
|
||||
* length restriction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty
|
||||
* string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string
|
||||
* which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it
|
||||
* was NULL in avformat_init_output().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *url;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position of the first frame of the component, in
|
||||
* AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly:
|
||||
* It is deduced from the AVStream values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional
|
||||
* seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream
|
||||
* durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the
|
||||
* AVStream values if not set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by libavformat.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not
|
||||
* available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the
|
||||
* duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bit_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int packet_size;
|
||||
int max_delay;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
* Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output.
|
||||
* This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This flag is mainly intended for testing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down)
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted)
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops.
|
||||
#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum size of the data read from input for determining
|
||||
* the input container format.
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t probesize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read
|
||||
* from input in avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t max_analyze_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
const uint8_t *key;
|
||||
int keylen;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int nb_programs;
|
||||
AVProgram **programs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced video codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID video_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced audio codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced subtitle codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream.
|
||||
* If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as
|
||||
* needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less
|
||||
* accurate seeking (depends on demuxer).
|
||||
* Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore
|
||||
* this.
|
||||
* - muxing: unused
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int max_index_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames
|
||||
* obtained from realtime capture devices.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int max_picture_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of chapters in AVChapter array.
|
||||
* When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header,
|
||||
* so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header
|
||||
* is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters
|
||||
* in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters
|
||||
* must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when
|
||||
* write_trailer is called.
|
||||
* - muxing: set by user
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by libavformat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int nb_chapters;
|
||||
AVChapter **chapters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Metadata that applies to the whole file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input()
|
||||
* - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDictionary *metadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds
|
||||
* since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the
|
||||
* stream was captured at this real world time.
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to
|
||||
* either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will
|
||||
* be used.
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that
|
||||
* the value may become known after some number of frames
|
||||
* have been received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t start_time_realtime;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of frames used for determining the framerate in
|
||||
* avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fps_probe_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may
|
||||
* misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors.
|
||||
* Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int error_recognition;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input().
|
||||
* muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header()
|
||||
* (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback
|
||||
* should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to
|
||||
* open the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags to enable debugging.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int debug;
|
||||
#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum buffering duration for interleaving.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly,
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet
|
||||
* for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file.
|
||||
* When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between
|
||||
* successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the
|
||||
* first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat
|
||||
* will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all
|
||||
* the streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t max_interleave_delta;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allow non-standard and experimental extension
|
||||
* @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int strict_std_compliance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must
|
||||
* be cleared by the user once the event has been handled.
|
||||
* A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int event_flags;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp.
|
||||
* Decoding only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_ts_probe;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Avoid negative timestamps during muxing.
|
||||
* Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants.
|
||||
* Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use)
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by user
|
||||
* - demuxing: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avoid_negative_ts;
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative
|
||||
#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transport stream id.
|
||||
* This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ts_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio preload in microseconds.
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int audio_preload;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max chunk time in microseconds.
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_chunk_duration;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max chunk size in bytes
|
||||
* Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_chunk_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets
|
||||
* This has undefined results in the presence of B frames.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_wallclock_as_timestamps;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used
|
||||
* to know how the duration was estimated.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip initial bytes when opening stream
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t skip_initial_bytes;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Correct single timestamp overflows
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int correct_ts_overflow;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force seeking to any (also non key) frames.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek2any;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flush the I/O context after each packet.
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flush_packets;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* format probing score.
|
||||
* The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes
|
||||
* the format.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by avformat, read by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int probe_score;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of bytes to read maximally to identify format.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format_probesize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed decoders.
|
||||
* If NULL then all are allowed
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *codec_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed demuxers.
|
||||
* If NULL then all are allowed
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *format_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An opaque field for libavformat internal usage.
|
||||
* Must not be accessed in any way by callers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFormatInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* IO repositioned flag.
|
||||
* This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer
|
||||
* is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking.
|
||||
* Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int io_repositioned;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced video codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *video_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced audio codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *audio_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced subtitle codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *subtitle_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced data codec.
|
||||
* This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with
|
||||
* the same codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVCodec *data_codec;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Unused.
|
||||
* Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int metadata_header_padding;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User data.
|
||||
* This is a place for some private data of the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback used by devices to communicate with application.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_format_control_message control_message_cb;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Output timestamp offset, in microseconds.
|
||||
* Muxing: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t output_ts_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dump format separator.
|
||||
* can be ", " or "\n " or anything else
|
||||
* - muxing: Set by user.
|
||||
* - demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *dump_separator;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forced Data codec_id.
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID data_codec_id;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on
|
||||
* the URLs before opening them.
|
||||
* The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided
|
||||
* as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat.
|
||||
* @See av_format_set_open_cb()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Demuxing: Set by user.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated Use io_open and io_close.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback for opening new IO streams.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from
|
||||
* avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at
|
||||
* other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s the format context
|
||||
* @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here
|
||||
* @param url the url to open
|
||||
* @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_*
|
||||
* @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same
|
||||
* semantics as in avio_open2()
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more
|
||||
* additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer
|
||||
* passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller.
|
||||
* It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url,
|
||||
int flags, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum number of streams.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_streams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts;
|
||||
} AVFormatContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback);
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet
|
||||
* of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns the method used to set ctx->duration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVPacketList {
|
||||
AVPacket pkt;
|
||||
struct AVPacketList *next;
|
||||
} AVPacketList;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_core Core functions
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures,
|
||||
* etc.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned avformat_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavformat build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avformat_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libavformat license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avformat_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and
|
||||
* protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select
|
||||
* exactly which formats you want to support.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_register_input_format()
|
||||
* @see av_register_output_format()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional,
|
||||
* and not recommended anymore.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues
|
||||
* with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked
|
||||
* to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them,
|
||||
* calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call
|
||||
* this function before any other threads using them are started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and
|
||||
* OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose
|
||||
* anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_network_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only
|
||||
* once for each time you called avformat_network_init.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_network_deinit(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format,
|
||||
* if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f
|
||||
* or NULL if f is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format,
|
||||
* if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f
|
||||
* or NULL if f is the last one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered muxers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered demuxers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFormatContext.
|
||||
* avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything
|
||||
* allocated by the framework within it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams.
|
||||
* @param s context to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a new stream to a media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the
|
||||
* flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also
|
||||
* be called in read_packet().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to
|
||||
* clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream
|
||||
* will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific
|
||||
* defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly created stream or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Wrap an existing array as stream side data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st stream
|
||||
* @param type side information type
|
||||
* @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc()
|
||||
* family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to
|
||||
* st.
|
||||
* @param size side information size
|
||||
* @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure,
|
||||
* the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
|
||||
uint8_t *data, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate new information from stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param stream stream
|
||||
* @param type desired side information type
|
||||
* @param size side information size
|
||||
* @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream,
|
||||
enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get side information from stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param stream stream
|
||||
* @param type desired side information type
|
||||
* @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional)
|
||||
* @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream,
|
||||
enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size);
|
||||
|
||||
AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format.
|
||||
* avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and
|
||||
* everything allocated by the framework within it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in
|
||||
* case of failure
|
||||
* @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL
|
||||
* format_name and filename are used instead
|
||||
* @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the
|
||||
* context, if NULL filename is used instead
|
||||
* @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the
|
||||
* context, may be NULL
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of
|
||||
* failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat,
|
||||
const char *format_name, const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_decoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pd data to be probed
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pd data to be probed
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
* @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a
|
||||
* detection, the variable is set to the actual detection
|
||||
* score afterwards.
|
||||
* If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended
|
||||
* to retry with a larger probe buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the file format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether
|
||||
* demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed.
|
||||
* @param score_ret The score of the best detection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns
|
||||
* with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another
|
||||
* attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format
|
||||
* with the highest score is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pb the bytestream to probe
|
||||
* @param fmt the input format is put here
|
||||
* @param url the url of the stream
|
||||
* @param logctx the log context
|
||||
* @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from
|
||||
* @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default)
|
||||
* @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX
|
||||
* AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
|
||||
const char *url, void *logctx,
|
||||
unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt,
|
||||
const char *url, void *logctx,
|
||||
unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened.
|
||||
* The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context).
|
||||
* May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this
|
||||
* function and written into ps.
|
||||
* Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param url URL of the stream to open.
|
||||
* @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format.
|
||||
* Otherwise the format is autodetected.
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This
|
||||
* is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This
|
||||
* function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat
|
||||
* frame mode.
|
||||
* The logical file position is not changed by this function;
|
||||
* examined packets may be buffered for later processing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to
|
||||
* dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for
|
||||
* codec corresponding to i-th stream.
|
||||
* On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found.
|
||||
* @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so
|
||||
* options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that
|
||||
* we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the programs which belong to a given stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param last the last found program, the search will start after this
|
||||
* program, or from the beginning if it is NULL
|
||||
* @param s stream index
|
||||
* @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or
|
||||
* the last program is not among the programs of ic.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the "best" stream in the file.
|
||||
* The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most
|
||||
* likely to be what the user expects.
|
||||
* If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the
|
||||
* default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can
|
||||
* be found are ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic media file handle
|
||||
* @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc.
|
||||
* @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number,
|
||||
* or -1 for automatic selection
|
||||
* @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same
|
||||
* program) to this one, or -1 if none
|
||||
* @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the
|
||||
* selected stream
|
||||
* @param flags flags; none are currently defined
|
||||
* @return the non-negative stream number in case of success,
|
||||
* AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type
|
||||
* could be found,
|
||||
* AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder
|
||||
* @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not
|
||||
* NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic,
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type,
|
||||
int wanted_stream_nb,
|
||||
int related_stream,
|
||||
AVCodec **decoder_ret,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the next frame of a stream.
|
||||
* This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate
|
||||
* that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is
|
||||
* stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not
|
||||
* omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum
|
||||
* information possible for decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next
|
||||
* av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet
|
||||
* is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with
|
||||
* av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains
|
||||
* exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each
|
||||
* frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames
|
||||
* have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct
|
||||
* values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot
|
||||
* provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format
|
||||
* has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not
|
||||
* decompress the payload.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to the keyframe at timestamp.
|
||||
* 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default
|
||||
* stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted
|
||||
* from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.
|
||||
* @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to timestamp ts.
|
||||
* Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams
|
||||
* can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts.
|
||||
* Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and
|
||||
* are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames
|
||||
* in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index
|
||||
* or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as
|
||||
* keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers).
|
||||
* If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference
|
||||
* @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp
|
||||
* @param ts target timestamp
|
||||
* @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp
|
||||
* @param flags flags
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction.
|
||||
* Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect
|
||||
* ABI compatibility yet!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with
|
||||
* discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that
|
||||
* can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also
|
||||
* work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do
|
||||
* not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's
|
||||
* better to open a new AVFormatContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call
|
||||
* avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the
|
||||
* current position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use av_read_play() to resume it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents
|
||||
* and set *s to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavf_encoding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header
|
||||
#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to
|
||||
* an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
|
||||
* Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
|
||||
* AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init,
|
||||
* negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header.
|
||||
* May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters
|
||||
* before actually writing the header.
|
||||
* If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context().
|
||||
* Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format;
|
||||
* Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options.
|
||||
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing
|
||||
* options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize,
|
||||
* AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized,
|
||||
* negative AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering
|
||||
* or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the
|
||||
* packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle
|
||||
* the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike
|
||||
* av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take
|
||||
* ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make
|
||||
* an internal reference to the input packet).
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in
|
||||
* order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for
|
||||
* muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the
|
||||
* output.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
|
||||
* set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
|
||||
* must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
|
||||
* they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly
|
||||
* increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they
|
||||
* merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration
|
||||
* "duration") should also be set if known.
|
||||
* @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_interleaved_write_frame()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the
|
||||
* packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of
|
||||
* increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call
|
||||
* av_write_frame() instead of this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance
|
||||
* knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4
|
||||
* muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take
|
||||
* ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees
|
||||
* fit.
|
||||
* The caller must not access the data through this reference after
|
||||
* this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted,
|
||||
* libavformat will make a copy.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to
|
||||
* flush the interleaving queues.
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be
|
||||
* set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref
|
||||
* AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams".
|
||||
* <br>
|
||||
* The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts")
|
||||
* must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the
|
||||
* output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then
|
||||
* they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE).
|
||||
* The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly
|
||||
* increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the
|
||||
* AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing).
|
||||
* @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always
|
||||
* take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container
|
||||
* specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write an uncoded frame to an output media file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame
|
||||
* structure directly, without encoding it into a packet.
|
||||
* It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw
|
||||
* video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream,
|
||||
* use av_write_uncoded_frame_query().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it
|
||||
* afterwards.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream,
|
||||
* <0 if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the
|
||||
* file private data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the output format in the list of registered output formats
|
||||
* which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if
|
||||
* there is no match.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the
|
||||
* names of the registered formats
|
||||
* @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the
|
||||
* extensions of the registered formats
|
||||
* @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the
|
||||
* MIME type of the registered formats
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name,
|
||||
const char *filename,
|
||||
const char *mime_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name,
|
||||
const char *filename, const char *mime_type,
|
||||
enum AVMediaType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get timing information for the data currently output.
|
||||
* The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format.
|
||||
* It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or
|
||||
* work in real time.
|
||||
* @param s media file handle
|
||||
* @param stream stream in the media file
|
||||
* @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream
|
||||
* time_base units
|
||||
* @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output,
|
||||
* in microsecond
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it
|
||||
* Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall
|
||||
* atomically.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream,
|
||||
int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing
|
||||
* (or neither).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
|
||||
* @param buf buffer
|
||||
* @param size buffer size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
|
||||
* higher importance.
|
||||
* @param buf buffer
|
||||
* @param size buffer size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to.
|
||||
* @param pkt packet to dump
|
||||
* @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
|
||||
* @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a nice dump of a packet to the log.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
|
||||
* pointer to an AVClass struct.
|
||||
* @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
|
||||
* higher importance.
|
||||
* @param pkt packet to dump
|
||||
* @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too.
|
||||
* @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload,
|
||||
const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag.
|
||||
* If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the codec tag for the given codec id id.
|
||||
* If no codec tag is found returns 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the codec tag for the given codec id.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored
|
||||
* in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag
|
||||
* @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list
|
||||
* @param tag A pointer to the found tag
|
||||
* @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id,
|
||||
unsigned int *tag);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the index for a specific timestamp.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for
|
||||
* @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond
|
||||
* to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward
|
||||
* is 0, then it will be >=
|
||||
* if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise
|
||||
* @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list
|
||||
* already contains it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp,
|
||||
int size, int distance, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Split a URL string into components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null,
|
||||
* in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are
|
||||
* set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param proto the buffer for the protocol
|
||||
* @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer
|
||||
* @param authorization the buffer for the authorization
|
||||
* @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer
|
||||
* @param hostname the buffer for the host name
|
||||
* @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer
|
||||
* @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in
|
||||
* @param path the buffer for the path
|
||||
* @param path_size the size of the path buffer
|
||||
* @param url the URL to split
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size,
|
||||
char *authorization, int authorization_size,
|
||||
char *hostname, int hostname_size,
|
||||
int *port_ptr,
|
||||
char *path, int path_size,
|
||||
const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as
|
||||
* duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data,
|
||||
* codec and time base.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ic the context to analyze
|
||||
* @param index index of the stream to dump information about
|
||||
* @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file
|
||||
* @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic,
|
||||
int index,
|
||||
const char *url,
|
||||
int is_output);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number
|
||||
* of digits and '%%'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf destination buffer
|
||||
* @param buf_size destination buffer size
|
||||
* @param path numbered sequence string
|
||||
* @param number frame number
|
||||
* @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_*
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
const char *path, int number, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
const char *path, int number);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filename possible numbered sequence string
|
||||
* @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate an SDP for an RTP session.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts
|
||||
* for getting unique dynamic payload types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the
|
||||
* array is composed by only one context, such context can contain
|
||||
* multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise,
|
||||
* all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream)
|
||||
* must contain only one AVStream.
|
||||
* @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac
|
||||
* @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by
|
||||
* the caller)
|
||||
* @param size the size of the buffer
|
||||
* @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given
|
||||
* extensions, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filename file name to check against the given extensions
|
||||
* @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Test if the given container can store a codec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ofmt container to check for compatibility
|
||||
* @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container
|
||||
* @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot.
|
||||
* A negative number if this information is not available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id,
|
||||
int std_compliance);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are
|
||||
* meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the
|
||||
* following code:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4');
|
||||
* const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 };
|
||||
* enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the
|
||||
* frame aspect ratio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio
|
||||
* is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to
|
||||
* return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane
|
||||
* otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is
|
||||
* usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param format the format context which the stream is part of
|
||||
* @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
|
||||
* @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined
|
||||
* @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of
|
||||
* @param stream the stream which the frame is part of
|
||||
* @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL
|
||||
* @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier
|
||||
* spec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax
|
||||
* of spec.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >0 if st is matched by spec;
|
||||
* 0 if st is not matched by spec;
|
||||
* AVERROR code if spec is invalid
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st,
|
||||
const char *spec);
|
||||
|
||||
int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_BSF
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream
|
||||
* @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned
|
||||
* packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that
|
||||
* the packet should be dropped
|
||||
* @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success;
|
||||
* AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt,
|
||||
AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVTimebaseSource {
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1,
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER,
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER,
|
||||
#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is useful when doing stream copy.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ofmt target output format for ost
|
||||
* @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments
|
||||
* @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from
|
||||
* @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt,
|
||||
AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist,
|
||||
enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the internal codec timebase from a stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param st input stream to extract the timebase from
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,861 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavf_io
|
||||
* Buffered I/O operations
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/common.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking works like for a local file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
|
||||
* AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted
|
||||
* function. During blocking operations, callback is called with
|
||||
* opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the
|
||||
* blocking operation will be aborted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if
|
||||
* new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext
|
||||
* or AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB {
|
||||
int (*callback)(void*);
|
||||
void *opaque;
|
||||
} AVIOInterruptCB;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Directory entry types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODirEntryType {
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_FILE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE,
|
||||
AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Describes single entry of the directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set.
|
||||
* Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
|
||||
char *name; /**< Filename */
|
||||
int type; /**< Type of the entry */
|
||||
int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */
|
||||
int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch,
|
||||
-1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix
|
||||
epoch, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
|
||||
} AVIODirEntry;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVIODirContext {
|
||||
struct URLContext *url_context;
|
||||
} AVIODirContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
|
||||
* write_data_type callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
|
||||
* (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
|
||||
* AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
* should give decodeable results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
|
||||
* (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
|
||||
* non-keyframe packet start point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
|
||||
* any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
|
||||
* that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
|
||||
* that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
|
||||
* finalizing the output file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
|
||||
* flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
|
||||
* means the end of a packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytestream IO Context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
* Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major
|
||||
* version bump.
|
||||
* sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called
|
||||
* directly, they should only be set by the client application
|
||||
* when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the
|
||||
* function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for private options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and
|
||||
* passes the options down to protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext
|
||||
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
|
||||
* (since AVIOContext is used for both):
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* READING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |---------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
* input file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* WRITING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |--------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max
|
||||
* buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* buf_ptr can be in this
|
||||
* due to a backward seek
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
* output file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
|
||||
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than
|
||||
buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned
|
||||
less data than requested, e.g. for streams where
|
||||
no more data has been received yet. */
|
||||
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
|
||||
functions. */
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
|
||||
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
|
||||
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
|
||||
int max_packet_size;
|
||||
unsigned long checksum;
|
||||
unsigned char *checksum_ptr;
|
||||
unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size);
|
||||
int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index.
|
||||
* Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking
|
||||
* to byte position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seekable;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* max filesize, used to limit allocations
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t maxsize;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int direct;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytes read statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t bytes_read;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* seek statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int seek_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* writeout statistic
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int writeout_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Original buffer size
|
||||
* used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size
|
||||
* This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int orig_buffer_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Threshold to favor readahead over seek.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int short_seek_threshold;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
* but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
|
||||
* small chunks of data returned from the callback).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ignore_boundary_point;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
|
||||
int64_t last_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t written;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
|
||||
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_packet_size;
|
||||
} AVIOContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Name of the protocol or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions
|
||||
* of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are
|
||||
* masked by the value in flags.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the
|
||||
* checked resource may change its existence or permission status from
|
||||
* one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value,
|
||||
* unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the
|
||||
* checked resource.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_check(const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move or rename a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url_src url to resource to be moved
|
||||
* @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delete a resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param url resource to be deleted.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open directory for reading.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
|
||||
* @param url directory to be listed.
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary
|
||||
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get next directory entry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular
|
||||
* it may outlive AVIODirContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an
|
||||
* error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be
|
||||
* freeded with avio_free_directory_entry().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s directory read context.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success or negative on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param entry entry to be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
|
||||
* freed with avio_context_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
|
||||
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
|
||||
* It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat.
|
||||
* AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use,
|
||||
* which must be later freed with av_free().
|
||||
* @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance.
|
||||
* For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize.
|
||||
* For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb.
|
||||
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
|
||||
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
|
||||
* For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
|
||||
* a proper AVERROR code.
|
||||
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
|
||||
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
|
||||
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer,
|
||||
int buffer_size,
|
||||
int write_flag,
|
||||
void *opaque,
|
||||
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
|
||||
* into s.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
|
||||
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write a NULL-terminated string.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it.
|
||||
* @param s the AVIOContext
|
||||
* @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
|
||||
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
|
||||
* applicable
|
||||
* @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
|
||||
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
|
||||
* means that can be extremely slow.
|
||||
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip given number of bytes forward
|
||||
* @return new position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return position or AVERROR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the filesize.
|
||||
* @return filesize or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
|
||||
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Force flushing of buffered data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output,
|
||||
* without to wait to fill the internal buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the
|
||||
* reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not
|
||||
* read new data, and does not perform any seeks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
|
||||
* to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
|
||||
* call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
|
||||
* Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is
|
||||
* necessary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either
|
||||
* a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing
|
||||
* more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it
|
||||
* will be truncated if buf is too small.
|
||||
* Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it
|
||||
* might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen).
|
||||
* If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than
|
||||
* bytes actually read.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8.
|
||||
* The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was
|
||||
* encountered or maxlen bytes have been read.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name URL open modes
|
||||
* The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following
|
||||
* constants, optionally ORed with other flags.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* If this flag is set, operations on the context will return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately.
|
||||
* If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN).
|
||||
* Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the
|
||||
* context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on
|
||||
* network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices).
|
||||
* Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be
|
||||
* silently ignored.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use direct mode.
|
||||
* avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly
|
||||
* instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always
|
||||
* call the underlying seek function directly.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the
|
||||
* resource indicated by url.
|
||||
* @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in
|
||||
* read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext.
|
||||
* In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL.
|
||||
* @param url resource to access
|
||||
* @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url
|
||||
* is to be opened
|
||||
* @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level
|
||||
* @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return
|
||||
* this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options
|
||||
* that were not found. May be NULL.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
|
||||
* AVERROR code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags,
|
||||
const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_closep
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it
|
||||
* and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
|
||||
* This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the
|
||||
* resource.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error.
|
||||
* @see avio_close
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a write only memory stream.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s new IO context
|
||||
* @return zero if no error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
|
||||
* The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
|
||||
* The buffer must NOT be freed.
|
||||
* No padding is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
|
||||
* must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
* Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate through names of available protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol.
|
||||
* It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will
|
||||
* be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols.
|
||||
* @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols,
|
||||
* otherwise over input protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming
|
||||
* protocol (e.g. MMS).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer
|
||||
* @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream.
|
||||
* Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers
|
||||
* @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to.
|
||||
* If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE
|
||||
* units from the beginning of the presentation.
|
||||
* If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support
|
||||
* seeking based on component streams, the call will fail.
|
||||
* @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units
|
||||
* or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE
|
||||
* and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore
|
||||
* AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will
|
||||
* fail if used and not supported.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success
|
||||
* @see AVInputFormat::read_seek
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index,
|
||||
int64_t timestamp, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */
|
||||
struct AVBPrint;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error
|
||||
* code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accept and allocate a client context on a server context.
|
||||
* @param s the server context
|
||||
* @param c the client context, must be unallocated
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding
|
||||
* to an AVERROR on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client.
|
||||
* This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before
|
||||
* using it as a read/write context.
|
||||
* It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block.
|
||||
* A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may
|
||||
* decide to change the proceedings.
|
||||
* For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each
|
||||
* one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters
|
||||
* from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual
|
||||
* chunk of the request can constitute a step.
|
||||
* If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and
|
||||
* returns 0 immediately.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c the client context to perform the handshake on
|
||||
* @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake
|
||||
* > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete
|
||||
* < 0 for an AVERROR code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c);
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libavf
|
||||
* Libavformat version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
|
||||
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 17
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 101
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
|
||||
* disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
|
||||
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
|
||||
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
|
||||
#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
|
||||
#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION
|
||||
#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lpp
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lpp libpostproc
|
||||
* Video postprocessing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libpostproc/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned postproc_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libpostproc build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *postproc_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libpostproc license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *postproc_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6
|
||||
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void pp_context;
|
||||
typedef void pp_mode;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16)
|
||||
typedef pp_context pp_context_t;
|
||||
typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t;
|
||||
extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3],
|
||||
uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3],
|
||||
int horizontalSize, int verticalSize,
|
||||
const int8_t *QP_store, int QP_stride,
|
||||
pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line
|
||||
* @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX
|
||||
*/
|
||||
pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality);
|
||||
void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode);
|
||||
|
||||
pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags);
|
||||
void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext);
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000
|
||||
#define PP_CPU_CAPS_AUTO 0x00080000
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
#define PP_FORMAT_440 (0x00000010|PP_FORMAT)
|
||||
|
||||
#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Libpostproc version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 55
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,579 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer ([email protected])
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of libswresample
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
|
||||
#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lswr
|
||||
* libswresample public header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lswr libswresample
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is
|
||||
* allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters
|
||||
* must be set with the @ref avoptions API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate
|
||||
* SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you
|
||||
* are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API.
|
||||
* The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some
|
||||
* common options in the same statement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample
|
||||
* format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to
|
||||
* 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing
|
||||
* matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function.
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc();
|
||||
* av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0);
|
||||
* av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context
|
||||
* AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt
|
||||
* 44100, // out_sample_rate
|
||||
* AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt
|
||||
* 48000, // in_sample_rate
|
||||
* 0, // log_offset
|
||||
* NULL); // log_ctx
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If
|
||||
* you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters
|
||||
* using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using
|
||||
* swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context.
|
||||
* You must then call swr_init() again.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert().
|
||||
* Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient
|
||||
* output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future"
|
||||
* samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any
|
||||
* time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0).
|
||||
* At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling
|
||||
* swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil
|
||||
* @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc()
|
||||
* function used in the following example.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using
|
||||
* swr_get_delay().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters
|
||||
* from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output():
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* uint8_t **input;
|
||||
* int in_samples;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) {
|
||||
* uint8_t *output;
|
||||
* int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) +
|
||||
* in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP);
|
||||
* av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples,
|
||||
* AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
|
||||
* out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples,
|
||||
* input, in_samples);
|
||||
* handle_output(output, out_samples);
|
||||
* av_freep(&output);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the conversion is finished, the conversion
|
||||
* context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free().
|
||||
* A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for
|
||||
* compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before
|
||||
* swr_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libswresample/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Option constants
|
||||
* These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate
|
||||
//TODO use int resample ?
|
||||
//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically?
|
||||
|
||||
/** Dithering algorithms */
|
||||
enum SwrDitherType {
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS,
|
||||
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA,
|
||||
SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resampling Engines */
|
||||
enum SwrEngine {
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */
|
||||
SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Resampling Filter Types */
|
||||
enum SwrFilterType {
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */
|
||||
SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure
|
||||
* is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use
|
||||
* the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the
|
||||
* structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
* @return the AVClass of SwrContext
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *swr_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name SwrContext constructor functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate SwrContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or
|
||||
* with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free()
|
||||
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize context after user parameters have been set.
|
||||
* @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_set_int()
|
||||
* @see av_opt_set_dict()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize
|
||||
* @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] s Swr context to check
|
||||
* @see swr_init()
|
||||
* @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
|
||||
* other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters
|
||||
* on the allocated context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not
|
||||
* @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
|
||||
* @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
|
||||
* @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
|
||||
* @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
|
||||
* @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
|
||||
* @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
|
||||
* @param log_offset logging level offset
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_init(), swr_free()
|
||||
* @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s,
|
||||
int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate,
|
||||
int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate,
|
||||
int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name SwrContext destructor functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(),
|
||||
* swr_init() can also be used without swr_close().
|
||||
* This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase
|
||||
* where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Core conversion functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Convert audio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the
|
||||
* end.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered.
|
||||
* You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an
|
||||
* upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of
|
||||
* input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set
|
||||
* @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio
|
||||
* @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel
|
||||
* @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio
|
||||
* @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count,
|
||||
const uint8_t **in , int in_count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the next timestamp from input to output
|
||||
* timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes.
|
||||
* @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX)
|
||||
* in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated
|
||||
* @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX)
|
||||
* in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers.
|
||||
* See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s[in] initialized Swr context
|
||||
* @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown
|
||||
* @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are
|
||||
* function used internally for timestamp compensation.
|
||||
* @return the output timestamp for the next output sample
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Low-level option setting functions
|
||||
* These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible
|
||||
* with the AVOption API.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is
|
||||
* internally called when needed in swr_next_pts().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized,
|
||||
* or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is
|
||||
* called with the flag set.
|
||||
* @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample
|
||||
* @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if:
|
||||
* @li @c s is NULL,
|
||||
* @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0,
|
||||
* @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not,
|
||||
* @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or
|
||||
* @li swr_init() fails when called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a customized input channel mapping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
|
||||
* @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel
|
||||
* indexes, -1 for a muted channel)
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a channel mixing matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the
|
||||
* default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
|
||||
* building custom matrices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_layout input channel layout
|
||||
* @param out_layout output channel layout
|
||||
* @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
|
||||
* @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
|
||||
* @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
|
||||
* @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
|
||||
* overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be
|
||||
* normalized.
|
||||
* @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
|
||||
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
|
||||
* @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
|
||||
* matrix array
|
||||
* @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout,
|
||||
double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
|
||||
double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval,
|
||||
double rematrix_volume, double *matrix,
|
||||
int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a customized remix matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
|
||||
* @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
|
||||
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o
|
||||
* @param stride offset between lines of the matrix
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Sample handling functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Drops the specified number of output samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* if needed for "hard" compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context
|
||||
* @param count number of samples to be dropped
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Injects the specified number of silence samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* if needed for "hard" compensation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s allocated Swr context
|
||||
* @param count number of samples to be dropped
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available
|
||||
* output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay.
|
||||
* This function returns the sum of all such delays.
|
||||
* The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or
|
||||
* output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the
|
||||
* output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly
|
||||
* for upsampling and the input sample rate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s swr context
|
||||
* @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be:
|
||||
* @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds
|
||||
* @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds
|
||||
* @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned
|
||||
* delay is in input samples
|
||||
* @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned
|
||||
* delay is in output samples
|
||||
* @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and
|
||||
* out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be
|
||||
* returned
|
||||
* @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
|
||||
* call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This
|
||||
* depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state
|
||||
* (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples
|
||||
* swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_samples number of input samples.
|
||||
* @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts()
|
||||
* or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit
|
||||
* @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size
|
||||
* to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples()
|
||||
* indicates that less would be used.
|
||||
* @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert
|
||||
* will output or a negative value to indicate an error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name Configuration accessors
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version
|
||||
* as the run-time one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the unsigned int-typed version
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned swresample_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the swr build-time configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swresample_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the swr license.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swresample_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @name AVFrame based API
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples
|
||||
* field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer()
|
||||
* is called to allocate the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required.
|
||||
* In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added
|
||||
* to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function
|
||||
* or to swr_convert().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal
|
||||
* resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of
|
||||
* remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or
|
||||
* swr_convert() with NULL input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and
|
||||
* input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on
|
||||
* which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED
|
||||
* or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_delay()
|
||||
* @see swr_convert()
|
||||
* @see swr_get_delay()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param swr audio resample context
|
||||
* @param output output AVFrame
|
||||
* @param input input AVFrame
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching
|
||||
* configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr,
|
||||
AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information
|
||||
* provided by the AVFrames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The original resampling context is reset even on failure.
|
||||
* The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see swr_close();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param swr audio resample context
|
||||
* @param output output AVFrame
|
||||
* @param input input AVFrame
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Version macros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of libswresample
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Libswresample version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <[email protected]>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
|
||||
#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup libsws
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup libsws libswscale
|
||||
* Color conversion and scaling library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned swscale_version(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swscale_configuration(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the libswscale license.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *swscale_license(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */
|
||||
#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1
|
||||
#define SWS_BILINEAR 2
|
||||
#define SWS_BICUBIC 4
|
||||
#define SWS_X 8
|
||||
#define SWS_POINT 0x10
|
||||
#define SWS_AREA 0x20
|
||||
#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40
|
||||
#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80
|
||||
#define SWS_SINC 0x100
|
||||
#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200
|
||||
#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000
|
||||
#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
|
||||
|
||||
//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
|
||||
//internal chrominance subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
|
||||
//input subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
|
||||
#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000
|
||||
#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000
|
||||
#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000
|
||||
#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002
|
||||
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_FCC 4
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
|
||||
* suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
|
||||
* SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace);
|
||||
|
||||
// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
|
||||
// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
|
||||
typedef struct SwsVector {
|
||||
double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients
|
||||
int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector
|
||||
} SwsVector;
|
||||
|
||||
// vectors can be shared
|
||||
typedef struct SwsFilter {
|
||||
SwsVector *lumH;
|
||||
SwsVector *lumV;
|
||||
SwsVector *chrH;
|
||||
SwsVector *chrV;
|
||||
} SwsFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
struct SwsContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
|
||||
* otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
* @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is
|
||||
* supported, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
|
||||
* sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
|
||||
* sws_setColorspaceDetails().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
|
||||
* error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the swscaler context swsContext.
|
||||
* If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform
|
||||
* scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param srcW the width of the source image
|
||||
* @param srcH the height of the source image
|
||||
* @param srcFormat the source image format
|
||||
* @param dstW the width of the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstH the height of the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstFormat the destination image format
|
||||
* @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
|
||||
* @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler
|
||||
* For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis
|
||||
* function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1)
|
||||
* For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff
|
||||
* frequency
|
||||
* For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function
|
||||
* @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
|
||||
* @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
|
||||
* written
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
|
||||
int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
|
||||
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
|
||||
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
|
||||
* slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
|
||||
* rows in an image.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
|
||||
* top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
|
||||
* non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param c the scaling context previously created with
|
||||
* sws_getContext()
|
||||
* @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of
|
||||
* the source slice
|
||||
* @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
|
||||
* the source image
|
||||
* @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
|
||||
* process, that is the number (counted starting from
|
||||
* zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
|
||||
* @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
|
||||
* of rows in the slice
|
||||
* @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of
|
||||
* the destination image
|
||||
* @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
|
||||
* the destination image
|
||||
* @return the height of the output slice
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[],
|
||||
const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
|
||||
uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
|
||||
* @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
|
||||
* @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
|
||||
* @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
|
||||
* @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction
|
||||
* @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction
|
||||
* @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction
|
||||
* @return -1 if not supported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4],
|
||||
int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange,
|
||||
int brightness, int contrast, int saturation);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return -1 if not supported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table,
|
||||
int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange,
|
||||
int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
|
||||
* quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
|
||||
SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur,
|
||||
float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen,
|
||||
float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift,
|
||||
int verbose);
|
||||
void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
|
||||
* context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
|
||||
* saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
|
||||
* context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
|
||||
* the new parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
|
||||
* are assumed to remain the same.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
|
||||
int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
|
||||
int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
|
||||
int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
|
||||
SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src source frame buffer
|
||||
* @param dst destination frame buffer
|
||||
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
|
||||
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src source frame buffer
|
||||
* @param dst destination frame buffer
|
||||
* @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
|
||||
* @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
|
||||
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_opt_find().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *sws_get_class(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* swscale version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Reference in New Issue
Block a user